1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void disable_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_command (char *, int);
100 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
101 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
103 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
108 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
109 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
110 enum bptype type_wanted
);
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
114 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
115 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
117 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
119 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
120 int, int, int, unsigned);
122 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
123 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
124 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
126 static void clear_command (char *, int);
128 static void catch_command (char *, int);
130 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
134 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
137 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
138 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
142 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
143 struct symtab_and_line
,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
153 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
155 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
159 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
160 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
161 struct obj_section
*, int);
163 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
164 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
166 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
167 struct address_space
*aspace
,
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
171 struct address_space
*,
174 static void info_breakpoints_command (char *, int);
176 static void info_watchpoints_command (char *, int);
178 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
180 static void commands_command (char *, int);
182 static void condition_command (char *, int);
184 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
185 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
187 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
189 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
191 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
193 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
195 int *other_type_used
);
197 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
199 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
201 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
204 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
206 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
208 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
209 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
210 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
212 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
214 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
215 insert locations now. */
216 enum ugll_insert_mode
218 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
219 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
220 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
221 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
222 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
223 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
224 returns true on them.
226 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
227 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
228 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
229 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
230 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
231 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
235 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
236 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
239 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
240 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
241 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
242 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
243 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
244 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
245 as no thread is running yet. */
249 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
251 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
253 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
255 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
257 static void info_tracepoints_command (char *, int);
259 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
261 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
263 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
265 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
267 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
269 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
271 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
274 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
276 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
277 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
278 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
279 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
281 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
284 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
289 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
295 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
298 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
299 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
300 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
301 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
302 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
304 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
305 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
306 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
307 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
313 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
315 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
316 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
317 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
318 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
320 static char *dprintf_function
;
322 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
323 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
324 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
325 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
326 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
327 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
328 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
330 static char *dprintf_channel
;
332 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
334 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
336 struct command_line
*
337 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
339 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
342 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
343 current breakpoint. */
345 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
348 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
350 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
351 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
353 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
355 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
358 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
359 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
360 if such is available. */
361 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
364 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
365 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
368 fprintf_filtered (file
,
369 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
370 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
374 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
375 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
376 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
377 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
378 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
380 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
381 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
384 fprintf_filtered (file
,
385 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
386 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
390 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
391 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
392 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
393 use hardware breakpoints. */
394 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
396 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
397 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
400 fprintf_filtered (file
,
401 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
405 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
406 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
407 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
408 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
409 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
410 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
411 processing user input. */
412 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
415 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
418 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
422 /* See breakpoint.h. */
425 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
427 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
429 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
430 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
431 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
434 else if (target_has_execution
)
436 struct thread_info
*tp
;
438 if (always_inserted_mode
)
440 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
445 if (threads_are_executing ())
448 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
449 stopped, we still have events to process. */
450 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
452 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
458 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
460 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
461 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
462 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
464 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
465 condition_evaluation_auto
,
466 condition_evaluation_host
,
467 condition_evaluation_target
,
471 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
474 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
475 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
476 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
478 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
479 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
480 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
484 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
486 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
488 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
489 return condition_evaluation_target
;
491 return condition_evaluation_host
;
497 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
500 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
502 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
505 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
509 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
511 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
513 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
516 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
517 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
519 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
520 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
522 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
523 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
525 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
527 current breakpoint. */
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
531 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
532 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
533 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
536 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
537 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
538 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
540 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
541 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
542 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
545 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
546 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
547 to where the loop should start from.
548 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
549 appropriate location to start with. */
551 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
552 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
553 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
555 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
556 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
559 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
561 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
562 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
563 if (is_tracepoint (B))
565 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
567 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
569 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
571 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
573 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
575 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
577 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
578 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
579 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
580 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
581 an address you need to read. */
583 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
585 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
586 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
587 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
588 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
589 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
591 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
593 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
594 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
595 reported by a target. */
596 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
598 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
600 static int breakpoint_count
;
602 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
603 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
604 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
605 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
606 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
608 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
610 static int tracepoint_count
;
612 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
613 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
614 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
616 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
619 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
622 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
626 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
633 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
635 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
637 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
640 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
643 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
645 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
646 breakpoint_count
= num
;
647 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
650 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
651 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
652 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
658 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
660 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
663 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
667 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
669 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
672 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
675 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
684 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
685 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
688 get_breakpoint (int num
)
690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
693 if (b
->number
== num
)
701 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
702 evaluating conditions on its side. */
705 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
707 struct bp_location
*loc
;
709 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
710 evaluating conditions and if the user has
711 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
713 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
714 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
717 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
720 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
721 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
724 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
725 evaluating conditions on its side. */
728 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
730 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
731 evaluating conditions and if the user has
732 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
734 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
735 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
739 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
742 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
745 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
746 condition_evaluation_mode. */
749 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
750 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
752 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
754 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
755 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
757 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
758 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
759 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
763 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
764 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
766 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
767 settings was "auto". */
768 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
770 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
771 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
773 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
774 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
775 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
777 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
778 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
781 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
783 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
785 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
786 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
790 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
791 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
792 target knows about. */
793 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
794 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
795 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
799 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
805 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
806 what "auto" is translating to. */
809 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
810 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
812 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
813 fprintf_filtered (file
,
814 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
815 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
817 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
819 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
823 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
824 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
825 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
828 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
830 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
831 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
833 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
836 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
839 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
840 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
841 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
844 static struct bp_location
**
845 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
847 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
848 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
849 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
851 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
852 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
854 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
855 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
856 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
857 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
858 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
860 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
861 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
864 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
865 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
866 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
867 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
874 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
877 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
878 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
880 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
882 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
884 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
888 struct bp_location
*loc
;
890 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
894 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
895 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
896 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
903 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
907 const char *arg
= exp
;
909 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
910 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
911 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
912 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
914 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
916 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
918 innermost_block
= NULL
;
920 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
922 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
923 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
927 struct bp_location
*loc
;
929 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
933 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
934 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
936 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
940 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
942 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
945 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
948 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
949 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
950 const char *text
, const char *word
)
954 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
955 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
959 struct breakpoint
*b
;
960 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
964 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
965 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
966 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
970 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
977 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
979 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
981 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
982 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
989 /* We're completing the expression part. */
990 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
991 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
994 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
997 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
999 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1004 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1007 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1009 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1012 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1014 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1015 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1016 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1017 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1018 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1020 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1022 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1023 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1024 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1026 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1028 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1029 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1034 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1037 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1038 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1039 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1042 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1044 struct command_line
*c
;
1046 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1050 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1051 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1052 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1054 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1055 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1057 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1058 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1059 command directly. */
1060 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1061 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1063 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1064 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1068 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1070 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1073 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1076 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1078 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1079 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1080 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1084 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1086 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1090 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1092 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1095 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1098 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1099 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1103 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1104 b
= new tracepoint ();
1105 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1106 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1108 b
= new breakpoint ();
1110 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1113 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1114 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1118 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1119 struct command_line
*commands
)
1121 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1123 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1124 struct command_line
*c
;
1125 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1127 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1128 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1132 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1133 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1134 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1135 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1136 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1137 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1138 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1139 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1140 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1141 tracepoint's context. */
1142 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1144 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1146 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1147 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1148 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1149 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1150 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1151 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "can be used only once"));
1160 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1164 struct command_line
*c2
;
1166 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1167 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1168 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1170 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1171 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1177 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1181 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1182 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1185 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1187 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1188 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1189 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1192 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1194 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1195 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1196 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1202 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1203 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1206 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1207 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1209 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1211 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1212 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1215 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1216 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1220 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1222 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1225 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1226 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1229 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1230 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1233 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1235 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1238 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1239 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1242 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1243 breakpoint work for any task. */
1246 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1248 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1251 if (old_task
!= task
)
1252 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1256 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1258 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1260 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1264 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1265 struct command_line
*control
)
1267 counted_command_line cmd
;
1269 std::string new_arg
;
1271 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1273 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1274 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1276 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1277 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1278 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1281 map_breakpoint_numbers
1282 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1286 if (control
!= NULL
)
1287 cmd
= copy_command_lines (control
->body_list
[0]);
1290 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1293 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1294 "%s, one per line."),
1297 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1299 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
,
1302 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1305 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1309 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1311 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1313 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1315 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1320 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1324 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1326 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1329 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1330 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1332 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1333 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1334 enum command_control_type
1335 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1337 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1338 return simple_control
;
1341 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1344 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1346 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1350 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1351 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1356 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1357 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1360 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1361 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1362 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1365 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1366 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1367 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1368 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1369 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1371 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1372 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1376 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1377 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1379 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1383 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1385 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1386 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1388 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1390 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1395 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1397 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1402 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1403 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1405 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1406 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1407 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1411 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1413 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1414 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1417 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1419 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1420 shadow_contents buffer. */
1421 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1422 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1423 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1425 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1427 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1428 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1432 const unsigned char *bp
;
1433 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1436 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1437 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1438 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1440 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1442 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1444 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1445 breakpoint's INSN. */
1446 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1450 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1451 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1453 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1454 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1455 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1457 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1458 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1459 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1460 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1461 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1462 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1463 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1464 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1466 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1469 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1470 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1471 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1473 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1475 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1477 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1478 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1479 report higher one. */
1482 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1483 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1485 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1487 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1488 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1490 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1491 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1492 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1493 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1495 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1496 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1497 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1499 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1501 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1508 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1509 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1510 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1511 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1512 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1515 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1517 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1518 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1519 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1522 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1525 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1527 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1529 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1531 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1532 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1533 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1536 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1539 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1540 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1541 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1544 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1547 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1548 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1554 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1558 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1560 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1561 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1562 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1565 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1568 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1570 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1571 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1572 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1575 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1579 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1581 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1582 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1585 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1586 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1587 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1588 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1589 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1590 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1591 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1592 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1595 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1597 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1598 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1599 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1600 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1603 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1604 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1607 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1609 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1611 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1612 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1613 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1614 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1615 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1617 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1620 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1623 static struct value
*
1624 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1626 struct value
*bit_val
;
1631 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1633 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1636 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1643 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1644 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1645 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1646 to be able to report stops. */
1649 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1650 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1652 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1654 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1655 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1656 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1657 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1660 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1661 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1664 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1666 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1668 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1669 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1670 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1673 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1674 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1675 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1676 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1678 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1680 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1681 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1684 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1685 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1686 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1687 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1688 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1689 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1690 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1691 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1693 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1694 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1695 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1696 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1697 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1698 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1699 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1700 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1703 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1704 hardware watchpoints:
1706 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1707 called several times when GDB stops.
1710 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1711 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1712 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1713 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1714 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1715 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1716 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1717 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1718 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1719 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1720 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1722 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1723 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1726 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1728 int within_current_scope
;
1729 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1732 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1733 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1734 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1735 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1738 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1743 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1744 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1745 within_current_scope
= 1;
1748 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1749 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1750 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1752 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1753 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1754 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1755 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1756 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1759 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1760 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1761 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1762 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1765 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1767 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1768 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1769 if (within_current_scope
)
1773 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1774 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1775 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1778 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1783 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1784 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1785 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1786 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1787 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1788 be completely different objects. */
1789 value_free (b
->val
);
1793 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1794 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1795 locations (re)created below. */
1796 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1798 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1801 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1805 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1806 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1807 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1808 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1809 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1810 if (!target_has_execution
)
1812 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1813 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1814 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1815 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1817 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1818 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1820 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1821 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1824 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1827 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1828 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1830 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1832 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1833 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1834 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1835 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1836 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1838 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1840 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1842 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1850 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1852 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1853 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1855 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1856 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1857 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1858 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1859 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1860 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1861 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1863 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1865 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1866 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1867 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1869 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1870 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1873 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1874 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1875 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1877 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1879 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1881 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1882 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1884 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1886 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1887 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1888 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1889 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1890 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1893 addr
= value_address (v
);
1896 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1901 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1903 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1906 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1907 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1910 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1912 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1913 loc
->address
= addr
;
1917 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1918 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1921 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1923 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1928 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1929 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1930 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1935 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1936 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1938 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1942 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1945 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1946 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1947 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1949 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1950 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1951 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1952 this watchpoint in as well. */
1954 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1955 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1956 hardware watchpoint type. */
1958 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1959 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1961 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1962 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1963 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1964 through watch_command), so always account for it
1967 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1968 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1970 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1971 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1974 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1975 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1977 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1979 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1980 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1981 "hardware watchpoint."));
1982 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1983 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1984 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1986 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1987 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1991 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1992 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1993 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1998 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2000 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2001 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2002 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2004 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2005 "read/access watchpoint."));
2008 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2010 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2011 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2012 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2013 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2016 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2018 next
= value_next (v
);
2023 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2024 above left it without any location set up. But,
2025 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2026 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2027 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2028 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2030 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2032 printf_filtered (_("\
2033 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2034 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2036 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2039 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2041 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2045 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2046 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2047 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2048 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2049 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2051 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2053 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2056 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2059 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2062 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2065 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2066 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2067 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2068 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2069 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2070 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2071 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2072 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2073 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2076 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2077 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2078 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2080 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2081 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2082 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2084 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2085 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2086 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2087 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2088 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2089 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2090 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2091 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2092 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2096 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2097 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2098 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2099 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2104 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2105 instruction that triggered one. */
2106 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2107 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2111 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2112 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2113 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2114 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2123 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2124 that the location is not duplicated. */
2127 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2130 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2133 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2134 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2138 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2139 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2140 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2141 any error during parsing. */
2143 static agent_expr_up
2144 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2149 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2151 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2152 that may show up. */
2155 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2158 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2160 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2161 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2162 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2166 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2170 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2171 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2172 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2173 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2174 one of them is true. */
2177 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2179 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2180 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2181 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2182 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2184 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2185 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2187 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2188 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2189 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2191 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2192 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2195 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2196 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2197 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2198 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2199 response back to GDB. */
2200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2203 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2207 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2208 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2209 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2210 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2211 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2215 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2216 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2217 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2219 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2225 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2226 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2227 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2229 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2230 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2231 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2233 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2236 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2238 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2240 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2243 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2248 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2249 for this location's address. */
2250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2254 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2255 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2256 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2259 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2260 to send the conditions to the target. */
2261 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2268 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2269 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2270 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2272 static agent_expr_up
2273 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2275 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2276 struct expression
**argvec
;
2277 const char *cmdrest
;
2278 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2279 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2281 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2288 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2290 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2292 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2293 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2295 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2297 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2299 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2301 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2303 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2304 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2306 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2308 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2309 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2311 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2313 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2315 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2317 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2318 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2321 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2326 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2327 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2329 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2333 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2335 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2336 that may show up. */
2339 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2340 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2341 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2343 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2345 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2346 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2347 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2351 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2353 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2357 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2358 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2359 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2362 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2364 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2365 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2366 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2367 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2369 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2370 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2372 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2375 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2376 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2379 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2380 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2381 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2383 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2386 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2387 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2388 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2392 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2393 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2394 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2395 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2396 response back to GDB. */
2397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2400 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2404 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2405 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2406 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2407 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2409 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2410 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2413 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2414 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2415 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2417 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2423 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2425 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2430 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2431 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2433 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2435 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2438 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2443 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2444 for this location's address. */
2445 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2448 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2449 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2450 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2451 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2454 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2455 to send the commands to the target. */
2456 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2460 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2461 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2462 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2463 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2466 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2467 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2468 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2472 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2474 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2476 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2477 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2479 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2481 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2485 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2488 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2489 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2490 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2491 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2494 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2495 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2497 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2498 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2499 int *disabled_breaks
,
2500 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2501 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2503 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2504 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2506 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2509 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2510 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2511 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2512 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2513 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2514 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2515 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2516 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2517 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2518 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2519 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2520 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2522 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2523 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2524 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2525 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2527 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2529 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2530 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2531 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2532 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2535 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2536 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2538 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2540 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2541 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2542 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2544 Two important cases are:
2545 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2546 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2547 hardware breakpoint.
2548 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2549 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2550 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2553 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2554 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2555 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2556 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2558 struct mem_region
*mr
2559 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2563 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2565 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2567 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2568 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2570 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2572 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2574 static int said
= 0;
2576 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2579 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2580 _("Note: automatically using "
2581 "hardware breakpoints for "
2582 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2587 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2588 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2590 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2591 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2592 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2593 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2595 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2601 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2602 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2603 || bl
->section
== NULL
2604 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2606 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2611 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2613 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2615 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2618 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2624 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2625 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2626 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2628 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2629 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2630 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2631 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2632 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2636 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2638 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2639 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2640 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2642 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2647 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2648 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2649 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2650 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2651 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2653 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2655 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2658 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2662 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2663 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2664 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2665 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2669 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2670 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2672 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2677 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2679 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2681 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2684 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2690 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2691 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2696 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2698 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2700 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2701 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2702 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2703 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2704 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2705 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2706 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2707 errors as memory errors. */
2708 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2709 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2710 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2711 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2714 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2715 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2716 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2717 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2719 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2720 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2722 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2723 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2724 "library breakpoints:\n");
2726 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2727 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2728 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2733 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2735 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2736 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2737 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2738 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2739 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2740 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2741 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2745 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2748 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2749 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2751 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2752 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2754 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2758 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2759 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2774 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2775 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2776 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2777 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2781 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2782 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2784 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2786 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2787 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2788 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2790 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2792 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2793 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2795 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2797 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2798 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2802 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2803 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2810 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2811 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2814 /* Back to the original value. */
2815 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2819 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2822 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2826 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2827 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2829 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2832 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2836 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2837 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2839 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2842 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2844 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2845 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2846 so just return success. */
2853 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2854 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2858 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2860 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2863 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2866 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2867 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2870 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2871 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2874 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2876 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2878 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2879 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2880 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2882 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2883 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2885 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2891 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2892 removed locations above. */
2893 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2896 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2897 Throws exception on any error.
2898 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2899 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2901 insert_breakpoints (void)
2903 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2906 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2908 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2910 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2913 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2914 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2915 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2916 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2919 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2922 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2924 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2926 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2928 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2932 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2933 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2934 always-inserted mode. */
2937 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2939 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2942 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2943 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2944 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2946 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2948 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2949 there was an error. */
2950 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2952 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2954 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2956 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2958 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2961 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2962 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2963 deletion of breakpoints. */
2964 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2967 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2969 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2970 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2971 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2972 insert breakpoints. */
2973 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2974 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2977 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2978 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2985 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2986 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2990 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2993 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2995 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2996 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2999 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3000 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3001 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3003 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3005 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3006 there was an error. */
3007 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3009 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3011 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3013 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3016 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3017 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3018 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3019 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3020 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3023 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3025 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3026 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3027 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3028 insert breakpoints. */
3029 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3030 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3033 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3034 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3039 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3040 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3043 int some_failed
= 0;
3044 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3046 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3049 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3052 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3055 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3056 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3063 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3065 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3067 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3068 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3069 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3077 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3078 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3079 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3081 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3082 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3084 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3085 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3089 /* Used when the program stops.
3090 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3091 removing a breakpoint location. */
3094 remove_breakpoints (void)
3096 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3101 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3102 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3107 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3111 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3113 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3115 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3117 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3119 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3121 printf_filtered (_("\
3122 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3123 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3125 /* Hide it from the user. */
3131 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3134 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3136 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3138 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3142 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3145 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3147 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3155 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3157 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3158 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3159 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3160 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3161 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3162 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3164 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3167 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3170 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3171 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3175 static struct breakpoint
*
3176 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3177 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3178 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3180 symtab_and_line sal
;
3182 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3183 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3185 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3186 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3187 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3192 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3194 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3196 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3198 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3201 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3202 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3204 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3205 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3207 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3208 int longjmp_searched
;
3210 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3211 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3213 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3214 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3216 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3217 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3219 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3220 int exception_searched
;
3222 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3223 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3226 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3228 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3229 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3231 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3234 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3236 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3239 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3240 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3242 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3243 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3245 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3247 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3248 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3249 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3252 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3254 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3255 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3257 return bp_objfile_data
;
3261 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3263 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3264 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3266 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3267 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3271 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3273 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3274 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3276 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3278 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3279 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3281 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3283 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3285 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3288 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3290 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3292 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3293 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3295 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3296 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3299 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3302 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3303 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3305 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3306 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3307 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3308 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3310 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3312 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3313 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3317 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3318 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3324 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3326 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3328 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3330 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3332 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3334 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3336 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3339 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3340 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3342 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3344 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3346 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3350 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3353 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3354 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3356 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3358 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3359 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3360 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3364 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3365 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3368 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3371 struct probe
*probe
;
3372 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3375 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3376 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3380 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3382 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3383 get_probe_address (probe
,
3386 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3387 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3388 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3394 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3397 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3399 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3400 const char *func_name
;
3402 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3404 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3407 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3408 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3410 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3412 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3413 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3415 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3416 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3419 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3422 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3423 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3424 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3425 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3426 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3427 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3428 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3434 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3436 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3438 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3439 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3441 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3443 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3445 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3448 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3450 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3452 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3453 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3454 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3456 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3458 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3461 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3463 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3465 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3466 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3467 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3469 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3470 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3473 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3476 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3477 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3478 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3479 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3480 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3481 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3482 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3483 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3488 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3491 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3493 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3494 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3496 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3498 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3499 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3500 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3502 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3504 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3506 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3507 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3511 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3515 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3516 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3518 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3520 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3521 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3522 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3526 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3527 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3530 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3532 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3534 struct probe
*probe
;
3537 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3538 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3542 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3544 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3545 get_probe_address (probe
,
3547 bp_exception_master
,
3548 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3549 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3550 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3556 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3558 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3561 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3563 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3565 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3567 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3568 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3570 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3574 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3577 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3578 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3580 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3581 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3582 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3583 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3584 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3585 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3589 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3592 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3594 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3598 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3600 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3601 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3603 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3604 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3605 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3606 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3607 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3608 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3609 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3610 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3612 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3613 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3617 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3620 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3621 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3623 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3627 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3628 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3630 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3634 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3635 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3636 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3637 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3638 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3640 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3644 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3645 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3647 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3651 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3652 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3654 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3658 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3660 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3661 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3662 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3664 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3668 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3670 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3671 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3672 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3673 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3677 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3678 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3679 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3680 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3681 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3682 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3684 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3685 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3686 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3687 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3688 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3689 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3690 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3692 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3693 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3694 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3695 let finish_command delete it.
3697 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3698 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3699 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3700 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3701 solib breakpoints.) */
3703 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3708 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3709 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3711 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3713 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3720 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3722 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3724 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3725 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3727 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3728 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3730 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3731 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3734 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3737 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3738 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3739 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3740 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3741 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3742 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3743 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3747 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3753 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3754 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3755 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3756 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3757 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3760 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3764 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3765 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3767 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3768 This should not ever happen. */
3769 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3771 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3772 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3774 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3775 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3776 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3778 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3779 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3780 || bl
->section
== NULL
3781 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3783 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3785 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3786 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3787 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3788 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3789 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3790 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3791 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3792 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3793 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3794 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3795 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3796 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3797 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3798 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3799 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3800 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3801 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3802 they should always be removed. */
3803 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3804 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3805 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3808 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3812 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3813 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3814 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3816 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3817 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3819 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3820 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3821 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3822 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3823 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3825 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3826 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3829 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3830 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3833 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3834 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3835 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3836 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3838 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3839 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3840 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3841 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3842 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3843 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3849 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3854 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3855 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3856 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3857 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3858 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3859 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3860 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3861 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3862 always-inserted mode. */
3864 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3865 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3866 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3867 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3873 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3875 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3877 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3878 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3880 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3881 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3883 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3884 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3885 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3888 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3889 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3892 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3893 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3895 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3899 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3906 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3908 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3909 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3911 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3912 This should not ever happen. */
3913 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3915 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3917 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3919 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3922 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3925 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3927 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3929 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3930 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3934 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3935 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3937 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3940 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3941 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3942 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3947 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3949 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3950 struct bp_location
*bl
;
3952 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3954 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3956 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3959 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3961 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3963 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3969 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3971 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3972 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3975 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3977 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3979 case bp_shlib_event
:
3981 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3982 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3983 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3984 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3985 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3987 (gdb) file prog-linux
3988 (gdb) run # native linux target
3991 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3992 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3995 case bp_step_resume
:
3997 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3999 case bp_single_step
:
4001 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4003 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4007 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4008 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4009 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4011 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4013 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4014 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4015 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4018 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4019 valid. New ones will be created in
4020 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4021 The next update_global_location_list call will
4022 garbage collect them. */
4025 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4027 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4028 insert_breakpoints. */
4030 value_free (w
->val
);
4042 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4043 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4044 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4045 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4048 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4049 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4050 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4051 match, not program space. */
4053 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4054 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4055 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4056 permanent breakpoint.
4057 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4058 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4059 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4060 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4061 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4063 enum breakpoint_here
4064 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4066 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4067 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4069 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4071 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4072 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4075 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4076 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4078 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4080 if (overlay_debugging
4081 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4082 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4083 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4084 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4085 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4087 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4091 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4094 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4097 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4098 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4100 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4104 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4105 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4108 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4110 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4113 if (overlay_debugging
4114 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4115 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4117 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4128 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4131 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4133 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4136 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4137 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4143 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4147 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4148 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4151 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4154 if (overlay_debugging
4155 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4156 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4157 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4164 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4167 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4169 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4171 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4173 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4175 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4176 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4179 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4185 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4189 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4192 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4194 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4196 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4198 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4201 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4208 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4211 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4214 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4216 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4218 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4220 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4223 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4231 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4232 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4234 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4238 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4240 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4241 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4244 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4247 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4248 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4252 /* Check for intersection. */
4253 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4254 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4263 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4267 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4269 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4272 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4275 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4277 if (old_val
!= NULL
)
4278 value_free (old_val
);
4279 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4280 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4283 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4284 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4287 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4304 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4306 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4307 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4308 commands (other
.commands
),
4309 old_val (other
.old_val
),
4310 print (other
.print
),
4312 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4314 if (old_val
!= NULL
)
4316 old_val
= value_copy (old_val
);
4317 release_value (old_val
);
4319 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4322 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4323 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4326 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4330 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4335 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4337 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4340 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4350 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4353 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4358 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4360 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4366 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4369 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4371 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4373 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4375 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4377 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4382 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4391 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4392 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4393 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4394 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4396 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4397 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4399 Return 1 otherwise. */
4402 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4407 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4409 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4410 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4411 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4412 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4413 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4415 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4417 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4421 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4424 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4426 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4429 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4432 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4436 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4438 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4440 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4442 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4448 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4451 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4453 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4455 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4457 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4458 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4459 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4460 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4461 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4465 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4468 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4471 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4473 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4476 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4477 or its equivalent. */
4480 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4482 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4485 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4486 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4487 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4488 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4490 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4491 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4492 bpstat of the current thread. */
4495 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4498 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4501 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4503 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4506 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4507 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4509 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4511 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4514 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4515 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4517 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4519 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4521 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4522 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4523 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4524 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4525 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4526 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4527 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4528 the tree when we're done. */
4529 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4530 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4533 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4535 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4541 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4543 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4549 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4551 if (current_ui
->async
)
4552 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4553 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4554 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4557 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4558 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4559 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4560 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4561 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4562 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4563 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4564 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4565 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4566 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4567 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4568 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4569 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4574 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4579 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4581 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4583 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4584 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4585 && target_has_execution
4586 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4587 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4588 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4589 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4590 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4591 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4592 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4595 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4598 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4601 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4604 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4607 struct value_print_options opts
;
4608 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4609 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4613 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4614 debugging multiple threads. */
4617 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4619 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4624 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4627 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4629 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4630 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4632 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4635 uiout
->text (" \"");
4636 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4640 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4644 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4645 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4646 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4647 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4650 static enum print_stop_action
4651 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4653 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4656 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4657 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4661 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4662 relevant messages. */
4663 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4666 case print_it_normal
:
4668 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4670 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4671 which has since been deleted. */
4673 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4675 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4676 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4681 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4682 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4687 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4690 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4693 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4695 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4699 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4700 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4702 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4703 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4706 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4707 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4715 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4716 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4718 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4723 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4724 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4725 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4731 struct so_list
*iter
;
4734 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4735 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4737 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4742 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4743 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4744 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4749 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4750 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4751 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4752 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4753 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4754 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4755 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4758 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4759 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4760 code to print the location. An example is
4761 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4763 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4764 to also print the location part of the message.
4765 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4766 don't require a location appended to the end.
4767 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4768 further info to be printed. */
4770 enum print_stop_action
4771 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4773 enum print_stop_action val
;
4775 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4776 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4777 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4778 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4779 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4781 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4782 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4783 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4784 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4788 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4789 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4790 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4791 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4793 print_solib_event (0);
4794 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4797 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4798 with and nothing was printed. */
4799 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4802 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4805 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4807 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4808 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4810 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4814 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4816 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4818 bp_location_at (bl
),
4819 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4824 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4826 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4827 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4828 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4833 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4834 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4839 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4843 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4844 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4847 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4849 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4851 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4853 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4855 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4856 as not triggered. */
4858 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4860 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4862 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4868 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4870 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4871 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4873 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4875 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4877 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4883 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4884 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4888 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4890 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4891 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4893 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4896 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4898 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4899 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4901 if (newaddr
== start
)
4903 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4907 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4908 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4912 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4921 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4922 enum wp_check_result
4924 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4927 /* The value has changed. */
4928 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4930 /* The value has not changed. */
4931 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4933 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4937 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4938 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4940 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4943 static wp_check_result
4944 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4946 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4947 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4948 int within_current_scope
;
4950 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4951 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4952 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4954 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4955 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4956 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4957 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4960 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4961 within_current_scope
= 1;
4964 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4965 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4966 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4968 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4969 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4970 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4971 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4972 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4973 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4974 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4975 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4976 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4977 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4980 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4981 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4983 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4984 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4985 if (within_current_scope
)
4987 struct symbol
*function
;
4989 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4990 if (function
== NULL
4991 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4992 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4993 within_current_scope
= 0;
4996 if (within_current_scope
)
4997 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4998 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5003 if (within_current_scope
)
5005 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5006 time before we return to the command level and call
5007 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5008 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5012 struct value
*new_val
;
5014 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5015 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5016 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5017 a mask watchpoint. */
5018 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5020 mark
= value_mark ();
5021 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5023 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5024 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5026 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5027 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5028 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5029 not what we want. */
5030 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5031 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5033 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5035 release_value (new_val
);
5036 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5038 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5041 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5045 /* Nothing changed. */
5046 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5047 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5052 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5053 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5054 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5055 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5056 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5057 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5058 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5059 the first value assigned). */
5060 /* We print all the stop information in
5061 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5062 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5063 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5066 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5068 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5070 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5072 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5073 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5074 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
5075 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5076 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5079 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5081 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5087 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5088 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5089 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5092 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5093 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5094 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5096 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5098 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5099 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5101 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5104 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5105 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5108 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5110 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5111 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5113 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5114 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5115 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5116 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5117 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5120 int must_check_value
= 0;
5122 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5123 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5125 must_check_value
= 1;
5126 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5127 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5128 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5130 must_check_value
= 1;
5131 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5132 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5133 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5134 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5135 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5136 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5137 must_check_value
= 1;
5139 if (must_check_value
)
5145 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5147 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5149 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5150 "Error evaluating expression "
5151 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5154 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5156 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5159 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5167 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5168 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5172 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5175 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5176 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5178 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5180 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5181 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5182 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5183 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5184 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5185 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5186 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5189 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5190 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5193 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5194 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5195 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5196 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5198 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5199 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5200 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5203 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5204 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5205 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5206 changes. This still gives false positives when
5207 the program writes the same value to memory as
5208 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5209 it for a read), but it's much better than
5212 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5214 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5216 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5219 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5220 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5222 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5223 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5225 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5226 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5228 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5234 if (other_write_watchpoint
5235 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5237 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5238 and the value changed since the last time we
5239 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5241 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5246 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5247 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5248 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5250 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5251 the value hasn't changed. */
5252 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5262 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5264 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5265 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5266 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5267 anything for this watchpoint. */
5268 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5274 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5275 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5276 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5277 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5280 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5282 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5285 bool condition_result
= true;
5286 struct expression
*cond
;
5288 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5290 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5291 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5292 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5293 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5294 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5296 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5297 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5298 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5300 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5301 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5307 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5308 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5310 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5311 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5318 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5320 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5322 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5324 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5326 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5329 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5331 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5333 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5334 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5336 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5337 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5338 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5339 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5341 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5343 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5344 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5348 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5349 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5350 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5351 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5352 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5354 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5355 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5358 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5360 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5361 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5362 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5363 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5364 really matter which instantiation of the function
5365 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5366 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5367 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5368 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5369 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5370 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5371 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5372 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5374 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5376 select_frame (frame
);
5378 within_current_scope
= 0;
5380 if (within_current_scope
)
5384 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5386 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5388 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5389 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5395 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5396 "in the current scope"));
5397 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5398 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5400 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5401 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5404 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5408 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5412 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5414 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5418 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5419 on the current target. */
5422 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5424 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5425 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5426 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5427 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5431 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5432 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5434 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5435 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5438 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5440 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5442 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5443 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5444 several reasons concurrently.)
5446 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5447 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5450 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5451 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5452 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5454 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5455 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5456 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5457 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5458 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5459 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5462 int need_remove_insert
;
5465 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5466 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5467 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5468 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5469 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5470 inferior function calls. */
5474 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5477 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5479 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5480 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5481 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5482 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5483 checked all locations already. */
5484 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5487 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5490 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5493 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5496 bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5499 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5500 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5501 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5505 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5506 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5507 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5509 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5511 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5513 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5518 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5519 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5520 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5522 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5524 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5525 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5527 bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5528 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5531 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5536 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5537 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5538 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5540 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5542 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5544 handle_solib_event ();
5549 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5550 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5551 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5555 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5560 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5561 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5564 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5569 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5571 /* We will stop here. */
5572 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5574 --(b
->enable_count
);
5575 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5576 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5581 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5582 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5583 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5586 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5591 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5593 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5594 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5597 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5598 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5599 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5601 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5602 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5603 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5605 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5606 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5608 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5610 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5611 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5614 if (need_remove_insert
)
5615 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5616 else if (removed_any
)
5617 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5623 handle_jit_event (void)
5625 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5626 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5629 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5631 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5632 breakpoint_re_set. */
5633 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5635 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5636 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5638 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5640 target_terminal::inferior ();
5643 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5645 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5648 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5650 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5653 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5654 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5655 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5657 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5659 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5660 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5661 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5664 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5666 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5667 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5671 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5678 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5679 case bp_single_step
:
5682 case bp_shlib_event
:
5686 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5688 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5691 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5694 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5695 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5696 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5700 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5702 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5706 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5707 This requires no further action. */
5711 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5715 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5716 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5719 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5721 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5722 case bp_exception_resume
:
5725 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5726 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5729 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5731 case bp_step_resume
:
5733 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5736 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5737 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5740 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5742 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5745 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5746 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5749 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5750 case bp_thread_event
:
5751 case bp_overlay_event
:
5752 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5753 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5754 case bp_exception_master
:
5755 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5761 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5763 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5767 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5768 This requires no further action. */
5772 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5775 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5776 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5777 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5778 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5780 case bp_std_terminate
:
5781 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5782 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5783 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5784 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5787 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5788 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5789 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5790 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5792 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5793 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5795 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5796 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5797 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5799 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5800 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5801 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5802 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5807 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5809 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5813 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5814 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5817 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5824 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5828 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5830 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5837 handle_jit_event ();
5839 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5840 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5842 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5843 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5849 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5850 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5851 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5854 bpstat_should_step (void)
5856 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5859 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5865 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5867 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5876 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5877 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5878 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5881 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5883 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5884 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5888 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5890 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5892 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5893 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5894 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5899 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5905 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5906 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5908 "host": Host evals condition.
5909 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5910 "target": Target evals condition.
5914 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5916 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5917 char host_evals
= 0;
5918 char target_evals
= 0;
5923 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5926 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5927 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5928 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5930 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5932 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5938 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5939 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5940 else if (target_evals
)
5941 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5943 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5946 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5947 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5950 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5952 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5955 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5956 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5957 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5959 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5960 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5962 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5965 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5968 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5969 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5971 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5973 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5975 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5979 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5981 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5982 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5983 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5986 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5989 uiout
->text ("in ");
5990 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5992 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5993 uiout
->text ("at ");
5995 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5996 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5999 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6000 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6002 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6008 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6010 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6014 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
6015 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6016 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6017 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6018 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6019 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6021 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6025 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6029 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6030 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6031 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6034 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6035 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6041 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6043 struct ep_type_description
6046 const char *description
;
6048 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6050 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6051 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6052 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6053 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6054 {bp_until
, "until"},
6055 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6056 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6057 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6058 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6059 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6060 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6061 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6062 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6063 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6064 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6065 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6066 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6067 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6068 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6069 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6070 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6071 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6072 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6073 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6074 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6075 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6076 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6077 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6078 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6079 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6080 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6081 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6082 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6083 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6086 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6087 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6088 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6089 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6092 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6095 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6096 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6099 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6100 const char *field_name
,
6104 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6108 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6109 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6110 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6113 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6115 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6121 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6122 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6127 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6131 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6136 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6139 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6140 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6142 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6145 struct command_line
*l
;
6146 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6148 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6149 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6150 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6151 struct value_print_options opts
;
6153 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6155 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6156 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6157 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6160 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6161 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6169 if (part_of_multiple
)
6172 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6173 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6178 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6183 if (part_of_multiple
)
6184 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6186 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6190 if (part_of_multiple
)
6191 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6193 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6198 if (part_of_multiple
)
6199 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6201 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6206 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6208 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6209 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6210 make sure there's just one location. */
6211 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6212 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6218 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6219 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6223 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6224 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6225 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6227 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6229 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6230 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6231 is relatively readable). */
6232 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6233 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6235 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6240 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6241 case bp_single_step
:
6245 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6246 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6248 case bp_exception_resume
:
6249 case bp_step_resume
:
6250 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6251 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6253 case bp_std_terminate
:
6254 case bp_shlib_event
:
6255 case bp_thread_event
:
6256 case bp_overlay_event
:
6257 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6258 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6259 case bp_exception_master
:
6261 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6262 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6265 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6266 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6267 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6270 if (header_of_multiple
)
6271 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6272 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6273 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6275 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6276 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6279 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6280 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6287 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6289 struct inferior
*inf
;
6290 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6295 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6296 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6299 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6300 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6302 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6303 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6304 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6305 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6306 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6307 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6309 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6310 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6313 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6315 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6317 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6318 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6319 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6320 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6322 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6324 uiout
->text (" task ");
6325 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6331 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6332 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6334 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6337 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6338 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6340 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6341 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6345 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6348 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6349 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6351 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6352 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6354 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6355 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6356 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6357 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6358 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6361 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6362 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6363 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6368 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6370 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6371 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6372 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6373 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6376 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6378 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6383 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6387 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6388 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6389 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6390 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6391 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6393 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6394 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6395 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6396 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6397 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6399 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6403 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6404 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6405 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6409 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6412 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6413 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6414 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6417 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6418 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6419 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6420 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6423 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6424 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6425 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6426 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6427 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6429 uiout
->text ("next ");
6430 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6431 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6434 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6436 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6438 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6440 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6441 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6442 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6446 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6447 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6450 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6451 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6454 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6456 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6458 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6460 annotate_field (10);
6461 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6462 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6463 uiout
->text (" \n");
6466 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6468 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6470 annotate_field (11);
6472 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6473 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6474 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6480 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6481 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6486 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6488 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6490 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6492 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6494 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6495 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6496 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6497 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6502 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6503 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6506 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6509 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6511 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6514 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6515 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6516 locations, if any. */
6517 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6519 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6520 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6521 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6524 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6525 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6527 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6528 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6530 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6533 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6535 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6536 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6543 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6545 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6546 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6548 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6549 address to print. */
6550 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6553 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6557 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6558 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6559 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6562 return print_address_bits
;
6565 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6568 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6570 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6571 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6574 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6575 internal or momentary. */
6578 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6580 return b
->number
> 0;
6583 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6586 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6588 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6591 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6592 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6593 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6594 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6595 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6596 breakpoints listed. */
6599 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6600 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6602 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6603 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6604 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6605 struct value_print_options opts
;
6606 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6607 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6608 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6610 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6612 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6613 required for address fields. */
6614 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6617 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6618 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6621 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6622 accept. Skip the others. */
6623 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6625 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6627 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6631 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6633 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6635 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6636 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6637 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6639 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6640 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6641 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6643 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6648 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6649 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6650 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6653 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6654 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6655 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6657 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6658 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6660 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6661 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6663 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6664 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6666 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6667 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6669 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6671 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6672 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6674 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6676 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6678 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6679 uiout
->table_body ();
6680 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6681 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6686 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6687 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6690 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6691 accept. Skip the others. */
6693 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6695 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6697 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6700 else /* all others */
6702 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6706 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6708 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6709 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6713 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6715 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6719 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6720 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6722 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6728 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6729 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6732 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6733 there have been breakpoints? */
6734 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6736 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6739 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6740 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6743 default_collect_info (void)
6745 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6747 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6748 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6750 if (!*default_collect
)
6753 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6755 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6756 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6757 uiout
->text (" \n");
6761 info_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6763 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6765 default_collect_info ();
6769 info_watchpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6771 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6772 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6774 if (num_printed
== 0)
6776 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6777 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6779 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6784 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6786 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6788 default_collect_info ();
6792 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6793 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6794 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6796 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6798 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6800 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6801 && bl
->address
== pc
6802 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6808 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6809 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6813 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6814 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6815 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6818 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6821 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6822 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6826 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6827 else /* if (others == ???) */
6828 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6830 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6833 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6834 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6835 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6836 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6837 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6838 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6839 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6840 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6844 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6846 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6847 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6848 printf_filtered (".\n");
6853 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6854 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6855 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6856 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6858 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6859 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6860 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6861 breakpoint location at address zero:
6869 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6871 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6873 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6876 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6877 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6880 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6881 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6883 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6884 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6886 /* Both of them must exist. */
6887 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6888 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6890 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6891 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6892 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6893 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6894 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6895 other watchpoint. */
6897 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6899 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6900 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6902 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6904 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6905 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6908 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6909 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6910 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6911 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6912 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6913 become hw_access locations later. */
6914 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6915 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6916 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6917 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6920 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6923 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6924 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6926 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6927 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6931 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6932 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6933 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6934 space doesn't really matter. */
6937 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6938 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6941 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6942 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6943 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6946 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6947 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6948 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6949 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6952 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6953 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6956 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6959 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6960 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6964 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6965 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6966 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6967 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6968 doesn't really matter. */
6971 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6972 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6973 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6975 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6976 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6978 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6980 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6986 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6987 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6988 true, otherwise returns false. */
6991 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6992 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6994 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6995 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6996 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6997 different locations. */
6998 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7003 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7004 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7005 represent the same location. */
7008 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7009 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7011 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7013 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7014 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7015 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7017 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7018 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7020 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7023 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7024 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7025 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7027 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7028 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7029 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7030 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7034 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7035 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7037 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7038 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7042 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7043 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7045 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7046 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7048 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7051 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7052 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7053 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7054 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7057 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7058 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7060 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7062 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7065 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7066 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7067 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7068 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7069 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7071 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7072 have their addresses modified. */
7075 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7077 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7078 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7079 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7080 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7081 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7082 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7087 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7089 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7090 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7091 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7093 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7094 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7096 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7097 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7099 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7103 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
7105 bp_location
*loc
= this;
7107 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7111 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7112 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7115 switch (owner
->type
)
7118 case bp_single_step
:
7122 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7123 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7125 case bp_exception_resume
:
7126 case bp_step_resume
:
7127 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7128 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7130 case bp_std_terminate
:
7131 case bp_shlib_event
:
7132 case bp_thread_event
:
7133 case bp_overlay_event
:
7135 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7136 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7137 case bp_exception_master
:
7138 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7139 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7141 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7142 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7144 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7145 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7146 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7148 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7149 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7150 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7151 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7156 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7157 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7158 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7161 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7167 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7169 static struct bp_location
*
7170 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7172 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7176 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7178 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7182 /* Increment reference count. */
7185 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7190 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7191 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7194 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7196 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7198 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7199 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7203 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7206 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7208 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7209 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7211 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7212 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7214 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7216 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7221 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7227 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7230 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7231 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7233 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7235 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7239 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7240 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7241 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7242 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7245 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7246 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7248 static struct breakpoint
*
7249 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7251 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7253 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7255 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7256 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7259 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7260 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7264 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7266 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7268 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7269 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7270 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7273 const char *function_name
;
7274 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7276 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7277 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7279 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7281 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7283 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7284 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7285 &loc
->requested_address
))
7287 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7288 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7289 loc
->requested_address
,
7292 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7293 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7295 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7296 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7297 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7298 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7300 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7305 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7309 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7311 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7314 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7316 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7321 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7322 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7323 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7325 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7326 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7327 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7330 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7331 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7332 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7334 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7336 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7338 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7339 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7341 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7342 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7344 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7345 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7348 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7349 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7350 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7351 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7352 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7353 is also returned as the value of this function.
7355 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7356 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7357 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7358 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7359 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7360 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7361 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7364 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7365 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7366 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7368 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7370 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7371 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7374 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7375 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7376 initiated the operation. */
7379 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7381 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7382 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7384 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7385 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7386 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7387 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7389 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7390 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7391 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7393 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7394 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7396 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7397 after their removal. */
7398 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7399 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7400 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7403 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7406 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7408 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7410 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7413 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7415 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7416 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7421 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7423 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7425 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7426 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7428 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7429 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7433 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7434 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7435 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7439 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7441 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7444 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7446 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7448 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7449 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7451 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7453 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7455 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7458 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7459 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7460 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7461 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7467 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7468 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7471 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7472 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7476 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7478 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7481 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7483 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7485 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7486 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7487 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7488 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7491 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7493 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7495 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7496 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7497 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7499 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7504 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7506 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7509 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7511 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7512 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7513 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7518 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7520 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7523 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7525 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7526 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7527 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7531 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7532 master breakpoint. */
7534 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7536 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7539 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7540 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7542 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7543 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7547 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7549 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7551 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7553 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7554 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7555 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7559 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7561 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7563 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7564 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7566 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7567 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7568 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7570 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7575 struct lang_and_radix
7581 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7584 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7586 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7587 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7590 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7593 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7595 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7597 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7598 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7599 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7600 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7604 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7606 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7609 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7610 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7611 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7614 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7617 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7619 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7621 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7622 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7623 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7624 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7627 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7628 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7629 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7631 static struct breakpoint
*
7632 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7633 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7637 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7638 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7639 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7644 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7646 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7649 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7652 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7654 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7656 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7658 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7659 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7661 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7667 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7668 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7671 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7673 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7675 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7677 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7678 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7680 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7681 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7682 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7683 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7684 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7685 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7686 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7687 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7688 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7689 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7690 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7691 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7694 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7699 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7700 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7701 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7704 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7706 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7707 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7711 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7712 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7714 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7715 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7716 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7717 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7718 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7719 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7720 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7721 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7722 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7724 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7725 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7726 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7727 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7730 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7731 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7733 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7735 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7736 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7737 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7740 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7745 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7746 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7747 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7750 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7752 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7754 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7757 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7758 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7759 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7760 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7761 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7762 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7763 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7764 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7765 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7766 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7768 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7769 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7774 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7775 int bp_modified
= 0;
7777 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7780 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7782 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7784 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7785 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7788 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7791 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7794 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7795 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7798 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7800 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7801 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7802 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7803 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7804 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7807 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7814 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7818 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7820 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7821 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7822 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7824 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7826 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7827 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7828 catchpoint has triggered. */
7829 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7832 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7836 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7838 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7841 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7845 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7847 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7850 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7854 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7855 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7856 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7858 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7860 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7863 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7867 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7870 static enum print_stop_action
7871 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7873 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7874 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7875 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7877 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7878 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7879 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7880 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7882 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7883 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7885 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7886 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7888 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7889 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7890 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7891 uiout
->text ("), ");
7892 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7895 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7899 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7901 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7902 struct value_print_options opts
;
7903 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7905 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7907 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7908 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7910 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7911 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7913 uiout
->text ("fork");
7914 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7916 uiout
->text (", process ");
7917 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7921 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7922 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7925 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7929 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7931 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7934 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7938 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7940 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7941 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7944 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7946 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7948 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7952 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7954 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7957 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7961 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7963 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7966 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7970 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7971 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7972 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7974 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7976 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7979 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7983 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7986 static enum print_stop_action
7987 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7989 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7990 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7991 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7993 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7994 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7995 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7996 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7998 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7999 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8001 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8002 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8004 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8005 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8006 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8007 uiout
->text ("), ");
8008 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8011 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8015 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8017 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8018 struct value_print_options opts
;
8019 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8021 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8022 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8023 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8025 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8026 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8028 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8029 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8031 uiout
->text (", process ");
8032 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8036 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8037 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8040 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8044 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8046 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8049 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8053 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8055 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8056 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8059 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8061 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8063 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8064 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8065 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8067 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8069 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
8071 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8072 unsigned char is_load
;
8074 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8075 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8077 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
8080 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
8082 xfree (this->regex
);
8086 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8092 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8098 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8099 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8101 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8103 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8104 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8106 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8111 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8113 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8116 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8119 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8122 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8124 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8133 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8135 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8136 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8141 struct so_list
*iter
;
8144 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8149 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8158 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8163 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8169 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8172 static enum print_stop_action
8173 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8175 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8176 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8178 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8179 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8180 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8181 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8183 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8184 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8186 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8187 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8188 print_solib_event (1);
8189 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8193 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8195 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8196 struct value_print_options opts
;
8197 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8200 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8201 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8202 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8204 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8207 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8214 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8216 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8221 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8223 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8225 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8228 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8229 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8233 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8235 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8237 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8238 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8242 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8244 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8246 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8247 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8248 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8250 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8254 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8256 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8257 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8258 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8259 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8260 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8261 created in an enabled state. */
8264 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8266 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8270 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8272 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8276 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8277 _("Invalid regexp")));
8278 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8281 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8282 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8283 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8285 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8287 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8290 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8294 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8295 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8298 const int enabled
= 1;
8300 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8302 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8306 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8307 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8309 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8313 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8314 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8316 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8319 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8320 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8321 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8322 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8325 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8326 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8327 const char *cond_string
,
8328 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8330 symtab_and_line sal
;
8331 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8333 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8335 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8336 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8340 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8342 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8343 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8344 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8345 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8348 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8351 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8355 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8356 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8357 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8359 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8361 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8363 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8365 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8368 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8370 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8371 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8372 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8374 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8376 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8378 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8379 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8381 char *exec_pathname
;
8384 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8386 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8388 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8392 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8394 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8398 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8400 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8404 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8405 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8406 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8408 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8410 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8413 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8417 static enum print_stop_action
8418 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8420 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8421 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8422 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8424 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8425 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8426 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8427 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8429 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8430 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8432 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8433 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8435 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8436 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8437 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8438 uiout
->text ("), ");
8440 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8444 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8446 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8447 struct value_print_options opts
;
8448 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8450 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8452 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8453 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8454 is relatively readable). */
8455 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8456 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8458 uiout
->text ("exec");
8459 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8461 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8462 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8463 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8466 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8467 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8471 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8473 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8476 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8480 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8482 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8483 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8486 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8489 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8492 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8493 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8497 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8498 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8500 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8502 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8509 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8513 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8516 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8518 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8521 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8523 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8525 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8531 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8532 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8533 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8534 types _not_ TYPE. */
8537 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8538 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8543 *other_type_used
= 0;
8548 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8551 if (b
->type
== type
)
8552 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8553 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8554 *other_type_used
= 1;
8561 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8563 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8567 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8569 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8570 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8576 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8582 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8584 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8585 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8591 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8593 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8594 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8598 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8600 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8601 breakpoint_re_set ();
8604 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8607 static struct breakpoint
*
8608 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8610 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8612 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8613 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8615 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8616 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8619 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8621 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8624 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8625 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8629 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8630 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8634 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8636 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8638 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8639 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8640 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8641 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8643 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8644 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8646 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8647 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8649 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8654 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8655 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8656 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8658 static struct breakpoint
*
8659 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8661 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8664 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8666 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8667 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8668 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8670 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8671 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8672 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8673 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8674 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8675 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8676 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8677 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8678 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8679 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8680 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8681 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8683 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8684 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8685 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8687 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8691 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8695 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8697 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8701 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8705 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8708 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8710 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8712 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8713 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8715 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8719 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8722 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8724 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8725 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8727 printf_filtered ("\n");
8731 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8733 static struct bp_location
*
8734 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8735 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8737 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8738 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8739 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8741 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8742 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8744 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8745 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8746 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8747 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8748 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8749 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8750 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8753 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8754 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8755 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8756 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8761 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8762 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8763 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8764 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8765 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8766 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8767 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8768 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8769 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8770 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8772 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8773 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8775 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8776 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8777 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8778 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8779 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8780 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8781 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8782 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8783 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8784 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8785 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8786 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8788 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8795 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8798 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8802 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8803 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8806 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8808 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8812 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8814 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8815 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8816 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8817 scoped_restore restore_memory
8818 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8820 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8821 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8827 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8828 return 0 otherwise. */
8831 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8833 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8835 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8836 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8837 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8839 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8842 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8843 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8844 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8847 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8848 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8851 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8853 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8854 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8859 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8861 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8863 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8865 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8867 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8868 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8870 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8871 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8872 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8874 if (!dprintf_function
)
8875 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8877 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8878 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8883 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8887 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8889 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8890 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8893 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8894 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8898 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8899 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8901 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8902 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8904 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
8906 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8907 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8908 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8909 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8910 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8912 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
8916 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8917 current style settings. */
8920 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8921 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8923 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8927 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8928 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8932 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8933 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8934 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8935 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8938 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8939 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8940 event_location_up
&&location
,
8941 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8942 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8943 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8944 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8945 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8946 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8947 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8948 int display_canonical
)
8952 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8954 int target_resources_ok
;
8956 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8957 target_resources_ok
=
8958 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8960 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8961 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8962 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8963 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8966 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8968 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8970 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8974 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8976 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8978 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8979 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8982 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8984 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8988 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8989 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8990 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8991 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8992 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8994 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8995 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8997 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8999 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9000 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9002 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9004 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9005 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9007 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
9011 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9013 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9015 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9016 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9018 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9020 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9022 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9024 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9025 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9027 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9029 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9032 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9033 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9040 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9041 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9047 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9049 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9050 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9052 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9055 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9056 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9057 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9059 if (b
->extra_string
)
9060 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9062 error (_("Format string required"));
9064 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9065 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9068 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9069 if (location
!= NULL
)
9070 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
9072 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
9073 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
9077 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9078 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
9079 event_location_up
&&location
,
9080 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
9081 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9082 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9083 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9084 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9085 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9086 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9087 int display_canonical
)
9089 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
9091 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
9092 sals
, std::move (location
),
9094 std::move (cond_string
),
9095 std::move (extra_string
),
9097 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9099 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9102 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9105 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9106 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9107 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9108 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9109 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9110 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9111 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9112 we take just a single condition string.
9114 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9115 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9116 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9117 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9118 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9121 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9122 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9123 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9124 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9125 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9126 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9128 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9130 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9131 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9133 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9135 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9136 'break', without arguments. */
9137 event_location_up location
9138 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9139 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9140 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9141 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9143 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9144 std::move (location
),
9145 std::move (filter_string
),
9146 std::move (cond_string
),
9147 std::move (extra_string
),
9149 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9150 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9151 canonical
->special_display
);
9155 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9156 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9157 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9158 linespec locations).
9160 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9161 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9164 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9165 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9167 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9169 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9171 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9173 if (address
== NULL
)
9175 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9176 breakpoint address. */
9177 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9179 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9180 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9181 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9182 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9183 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9184 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9185 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9187 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9189 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9190 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9191 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9192 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9193 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9195 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9197 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9199 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9201 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9205 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9209 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9210 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9211 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9212 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9214 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9215 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9216 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9217 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9219 const char *address
= NULL
;
9221 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9222 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9226 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9227 && address
[1] != '['))
9229 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9230 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9231 get_last_displayed_line (),
9232 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9237 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9238 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9242 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9243 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9246 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9248 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9249 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9252 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9253 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9254 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9255 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9256 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9260 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9261 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9265 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9267 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9269 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9271 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9272 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9273 associated with SAL. */
9276 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
);
9277 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9280 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9281 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9283 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9287 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9288 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9289 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9290 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9291 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9292 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9295 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9296 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9299 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9306 const char *end_tok
;
9308 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9309 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9311 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9313 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9315 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9319 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9321 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9323 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9325 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9326 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9328 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9330 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9333 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9336 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9338 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9339 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9342 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9347 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9349 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9350 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9351 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9356 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9360 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9364 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9366 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9367 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9369 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9370 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9371 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9376 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9378 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9380 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9381 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9383 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9384 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9385 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9387 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9388 sals
.reserve (VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
));
9390 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
); i
++)
9392 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9394 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9396 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9397 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
9398 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9400 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9403 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9409 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9412 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9413 const struct event_location
*location
,
9414 const char *cond_string
,
9415 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9417 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9419 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9420 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9421 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9424 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9425 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9428 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9430 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9432 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9433 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9434 extra_string
= NULL
;
9438 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9440 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9442 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9444 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9446 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9449 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9450 throw_exception (e
);
9452 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9454 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9455 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9456 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9457 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9458 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9461 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9462 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9463 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9464 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9468 throw_exception (e
);
9472 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9475 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9476 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9477 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9478 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9479 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9481 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9482 are ok for the target. */
9485 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9486 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9489 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9490 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9492 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9493 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9496 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9497 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9501 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9502 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9509 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9511 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9512 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9513 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9514 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9516 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9517 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9518 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9519 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9523 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9524 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9525 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9527 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9529 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9530 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9532 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9535 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9536 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9537 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9539 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9540 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9541 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9545 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9547 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9548 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9551 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9554 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9555 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9559 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9560 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9561 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9562 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9563 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9564 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9565 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9566 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9567 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9569 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9572 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9574 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9575 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9576 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9579 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9581 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9583 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9584 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9589 /* Set a breakpoint.
9590 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9591 condition, and thread.
9592 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9593 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9597 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9599 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9600 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9601 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9603 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9605 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9607 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9608 if (location
!= NULL
9609 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9610 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9612 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9614 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9616 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9617 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9618 0 /* Ignore count */,
9619 pending_break_support
,
9627 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9630 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9634 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9636 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9637 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9638 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9641 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9642 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9643 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9644 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9647 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9649 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9650 const struct block
*b
;
9653 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9654 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9657 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9660 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9661 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9666 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9667 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9668 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9669 happen in assembly source). */
9671 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9672 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9674 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9676 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9683 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9685 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9689 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9691 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9695 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9697 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9701 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9703 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9707 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9709 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9710 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9711 stop at <line>\n"));
9715 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9719 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9721 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9723 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9726 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9727 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9728 function/method name. */
9729 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9731 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9736 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9738 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9742 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9744 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9748 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9752 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9756 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9759 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9760 it is probably a line number. */
9761 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9763 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9768 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9770 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9774 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9776 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9779 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9780 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9781 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9785 dprintf_command (char *arg_in
, int from_tty
)
9787 const char *arg
= arg_in
;
9788 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9790 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9791 the next character must be ','. */
9794 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9795 error (_("Format string required"));
9798 /* Skip the comma. */
9803 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9805 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9807 0 /* Ignore count */,
9808 pending_break_support
,
9809 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9817 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9819 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9822 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9823 ranged breakpoints. */
9826 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9827 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9829 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9831 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9832 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9835 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9836 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9839 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9840 ranged breakpoints. */
9843 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9845 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9848 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9849 ranged breakpoints. */
9851 static enum print_stop_action
9852 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9854 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9855 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9856 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9858 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9860 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9861 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9863 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9865 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9867 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9868 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9870 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9871 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9873 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9874 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9875 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9877 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9880 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9883 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9884 ranged breakpoints. */
9887 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9888 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9890 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9891 struct value_print_options opts
;
9892 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9894 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9895 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9897 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9899 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9900 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9901 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9902 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9904 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9908 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9909 ranged breakpoints. */
9912 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9913 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9915 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9916 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9921 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9922 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9924 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9925 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9926 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9927 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9928 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9932 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9933 ranged breakpoints. */
9936 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9938 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9939 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9942 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9944 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9947 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9948 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9949 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9952 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9953 ranged breakpoints. */
9956 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9958 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9959 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9960 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9961 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9964 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9966 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9968 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9969 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9970 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9971 last instruction of the given line. */
9974 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9978 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9979 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9980 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9987 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9989 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9991 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9998 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10001 break_range_command (char *arg_in
, int from_tty
)
10003 const char *arg
= arg_in
;
10004 const char *arg_start
;
10005 char *addr_string_start
;
10006 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10007 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10009 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10010 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10012 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10013 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10014 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10016 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10017 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10018 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10020 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10021 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10023 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10024 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10025 error(_("No address range specified."));
10028 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10030 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10033 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10034 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
10035 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10037 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
10039 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
10040 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
10041 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10043 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
10044 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10045 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10047 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10048 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10050 /* Parse the end location. */
10054 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10055 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10056 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10057 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10058 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10059 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10061 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10062 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10063 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10065 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10066 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10068 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10069 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10070 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10071 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10073 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10075 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10076 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10077 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10079 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10081 /* Length overflowed. */
10082 error (_("Address range too large."));
10083 else if (length
== 1)
10085 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10086 the `hbreak' command. */
10087 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10089 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10094 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10095 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10096 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10097 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10098 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10099 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10100 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10101 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10102 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10104 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10107 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10108 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10111 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10112 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10113 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10117 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10119 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10125 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10126 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10129 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10139 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10140 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10141 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10142 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10143 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10145 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10172 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10175 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10176 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10181 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10182 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10183 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10184 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10185 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10186 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10187 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10189 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10190 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10195 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10197 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10198 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10199 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10200 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10202 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10203 are always constant. */
10205 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10207 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10208 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10209 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10214 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10215 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10216 then it is not a constant. */
10225 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10227 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10229 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10230 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10231 value_free (this->val
);
10234 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10237 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10239 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10241 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10242 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10244 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10245 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10246 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10247 are loaded and unloaded.
10249 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10250 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10251 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10252 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10253 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10254 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10256 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10257 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10258 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10259 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10261 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10262 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10264 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10265 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10266 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10269 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10272 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10274 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10275 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10277 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10278 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10281 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10284 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10286 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10287 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10289 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10290 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10294 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10295 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10296 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10298 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10299 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10301 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10302 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10303 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10304 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10305 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10306 (did not match the data address). */
10307 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10308 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10315 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10317 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10319 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10322 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10323 hardware watchpoints. */
10326 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10328 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10329 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10331 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10334 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10335 hardware watchpoints. */
10338 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10340 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10341 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10344 static enum print_stop_action
10345 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10348 enum print_stop_action result
;
10349 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10350 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10352 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10354 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10355 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10357 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10358 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10362 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10365 case bp_watchpoint
:
10366 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10367 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10368 uiout
->field_string
10369 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10371 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10372 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10373 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10374 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10375 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10376 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10377 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10378 uiout
->text ("\n");
10379 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10380 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10383 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10384 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10385 uiout
->field_string
10386 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10388 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10389 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10390 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10391 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10392 uiout
->text ("\n");
10393 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10396 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10397 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10399 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10400 uiout
->field_string
10402 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10404 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10405 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10406 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10407 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10408 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10413 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10414 uiout
->field_string
10416 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10417 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10418 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10420 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10421 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10422 uiout
->text ("\n");
10423 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10426 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10432 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10436 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10438 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10439 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10440 const char *tuple_name
;
10444 case bp_watchpoint
:
10445 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10446 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10448 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10449 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10450 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10452 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10453 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10454 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10456 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10457 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10458 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10461 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10462 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10465 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10466 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10467 uiout
->text (": ");
10468 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10471 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10475 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10477 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10481 case bp_watchpoint
:
10482 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10485 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10488 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10492 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10493 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10497 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10500 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10504 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10506 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10507 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10508 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10514 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10516 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10518 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10519 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10522 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10524 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10526 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10527 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10530 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10531 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10534 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10536 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10538 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10539 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10542 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10543 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10546 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10548 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10550 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10553 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10554 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10557 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10562 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10563 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10565 static enum print_stop_action
10566 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10568 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10569 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10571 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10572 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10574 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10575 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10579 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10580 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10581 uiout
->field_string
10582 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10585 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10586 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10587 uiout
->field_string
10588 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10591 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10592 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10593 uiout
->field_string
10595 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10598 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10599 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10603 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10604 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10605 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10606 uiout
->text ("\n");
10608 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10609 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10612 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10613 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10616 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10617 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10619 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10621 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10622 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10624 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10625 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10626 uiout
->text ("\n");
10629 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10630 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10633 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10635 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10636 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10637 const char *tuple_name
;
10641 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10642 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10643 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10645 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10646 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10647 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10649 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10650 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10651 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10654 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10655 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10658 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10659 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10660 uiout
->text (": ");
10661 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10664 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10665 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10668 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10670 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10675 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10678 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10681 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10685 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10686 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10689 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10690 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10691 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10694 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10696 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10698 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10701 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10703 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10706 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10707 hw_read: watch read,
10708 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10710 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10711 int just_location
, int internal
)
10713 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10714 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10715 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10716 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10717 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10718 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10719 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10721 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10722 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10723 enum bptype bp_type
;
10726 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10727 the hardware watchpoint. */
10729 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10731 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10733 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10734 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10736 const char *value_start
;
10738 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10740 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10741 of the arguments string. */
10742 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10744 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10745 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10748 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10749 This is the value of the parameter. */
10750 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10752 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10754 /* Skip whitespace. */
10755 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10760 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10761 This is the parameter itself. */
10762 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10765 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10767 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10769 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10770 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10771 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10772 only in a specific thread. */
10776 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10778 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10779 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10781 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10782 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10783 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10785 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10787 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10789 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10790 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10792 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10795 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10797 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10799 mark
= value_mark ();
10800 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10801 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10802 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10805 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10808 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10809 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10816 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10817 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10819 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10820 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10821 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
10822 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
10823 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10825 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10826 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10828 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10831 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10832 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10836 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10837 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10839 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10842 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10843 mark
= value_mark ();
10844 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
10846 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10848 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
10849 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
10856 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10857 val
= value_addr (result
);
10858 release_value (val
);
10859 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10863 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10866 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10867 else if (ret
== -2)
10868 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10871 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10872 release_value (val
);
10874 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10875 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10877 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10878 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10880 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10881 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10882 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10884 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10885 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10886 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10891 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10893 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10895 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10897 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10899 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10900 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10901 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10902 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10903 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10905 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10907 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10909 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10910 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10913 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10914 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10915 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10917 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10920 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10922 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10923 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10925 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10926 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10928 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10929 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10930 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10931 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10932 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10933 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10934 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10938 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10939 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10940 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10941 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10943 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10944 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10945 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10946 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10948 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10950 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10953 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10954 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10956 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10957 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10958 w
->thread
= thread
;
10959 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10960 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10961 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10962 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10963 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10966 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
10967 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
10969 w
->exp_string_reparse
10970 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10972 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10973 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10976 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10980 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10985 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10986 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10991 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10993 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10995 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10997 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10998 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11002 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11003 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11006 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11008 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11009 need to act on them together. */
11010 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11011 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
11014 if (!just_location
)
11015 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11017 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11018 that should be inserted. */
11019 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
11021 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
11022 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11025 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11026 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11029 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11031 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11032 struct value
*head
= v
;
11034 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11035 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11038 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11039 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11040 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11041 hardware watchpoint.
11043 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11044 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11045 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11046 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11047 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11048 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11049 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11050 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11051 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11053 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11054 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11055 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11056 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11057 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11059 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11061 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11062 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11063 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11064 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11065 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11066 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11070 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11071 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11072 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11074 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11075 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11076 middle of some value chain. */
11078 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11079 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11081 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11085 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11086 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11087 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11089 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11093 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11097 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11098 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11099 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11100 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11101 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11104 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11105 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11106 return found_memory_cnt
;
11110 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11112 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11115 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11116 calls watch_command_1. */
11119 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11121 int just_location
= 0;
11124 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11125 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11127 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11131 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11135 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11137 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11141 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11143 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11147 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11149 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11153 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11155 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11159 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11161 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11165 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11166 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11169 struct until_break_fsm
11171 /* The base class. */
11172 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11174 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11177 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11178 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11180 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11182 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11185 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11186 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11187 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11188 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11189 static enum async_reply_reason
11190 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11192 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11194 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11197 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11198 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11199 NULL
, /* return_value */
11200 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11203 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11205 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11206 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11207 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11208 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11210 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11212 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11213 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11215 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11216 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11217 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11222 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11223 until(location)/advance commands. */
11226 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11227 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11229 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11231 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11232 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11233 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11234 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11235 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11236 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11241 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11242 until(location)/advance commands. */
11245 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11246 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11248 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11250 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11251 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11253 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11254 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11256 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11258 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11259 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11261 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11264 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11265 until(location)/advance commands. */
11267 static enum async_reply_reason
11268 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11270 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11274 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11276 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11277 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11278 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11279 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11280 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11281 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11282 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11284 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11285 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11287 clear_proceed_status (0);
11289 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11292 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11294 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11295 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11296 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11297 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11298 get_last_displayed_line ())
11299 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11300 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11302 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11303 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11305 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11308 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11310 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11312 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11313 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11315 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11317 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11318 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11319 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11322 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11323 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11324 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11325 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11327 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11330 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11332 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11333 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11335 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11336 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11337 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11338 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11342 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11344 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11345 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11348 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11352 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11353 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11354 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11355 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11357 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11358 only at the very same frame. */
11359 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11360 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11361 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11363 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11364 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11365 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11367 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11369 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11372 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11373 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11375 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11376 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11377 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11378 if clause in the arg string. */
11381 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11383 const char *cond_string
;
11385 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11388 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11391 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11392 condition string. */
11393 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11394 cond_string
= *arg
;
11396 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11398 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11400 return cond_string
;
11403 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11404 process start/exit, etc. */
11408 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11409 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11414 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11415 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11417 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11418 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11419 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11420 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11423 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11424 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11425 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11429 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11431 /* The allowed syntax is:
11433 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11435 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11436 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11438 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11439 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11441 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11442 and enable reporting of such events. */
11445 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11446 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11447 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11448 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11450 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11451 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11452 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11453 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11456 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11462 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11463 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11465 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11466 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11468 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11470 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11474 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11476 /* The allowed syntax is:
11478 catch exec if <cond>
11480 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11481 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11483 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11484 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11486 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11487 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11488 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11489 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11491 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11495 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11496 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11497 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11498 const char *addr_string
,
11499 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11506 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11508 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11510 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11511 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11512 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11513 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11514 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11515 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11516 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11517 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11518 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11519 enough for now, though. */
11522 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11524 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11525 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11526 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11527 language_def (language_ada
));
11528 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11532 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11534 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11539 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11541 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11544 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11547 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11549 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11550 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11551 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11552 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11554 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11556 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11559 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11563 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11566 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11569 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11571 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11572 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11576 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11578 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11579 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11580 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11584 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11585 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11586 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11588 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11592 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11593 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11594 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11595 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11596 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11597 error (_("No source file specified."));
11603 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11604 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11605 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11606 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11608 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11609 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11610 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11611 due to optimization, all in one block.
11613 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11614 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11615 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11616 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11617 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11618 to support that. */
11620 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11621 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11622 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11626 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11627 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11629 const char *sal_fullname
;
11631 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11632 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11633 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11636 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11641 1 0 <can't happen> */
11643 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11644 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11646 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11650 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11651 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11653 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11654 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11656 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11657 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11658 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11660 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11661 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11662 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11663 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11664 int line_match
= 0;
11666 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11667 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11668 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11669 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11670 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11671 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11672 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11675 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11684 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11688 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11689 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11692 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11694 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11697 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11698 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11699 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11700 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11701 compare_breakpoints
);
11702 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11703 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11707 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11712 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11713 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11716 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11717 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11719 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11722 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11725 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11726 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11729 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11731 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11734 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11735 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11736 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11739 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11741 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11743 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11744 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11745 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11747 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11751 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11752 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11756 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11757 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11758 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11759 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11760 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11761 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11764 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11766 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11767 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11769 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11770 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11772 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11773 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11776 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11777 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11778 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11780 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11781 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11782 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11784 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11785 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11786 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11788 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11789 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11790 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11792 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11795 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11796 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11797 content of the bp_locations array. */
11800 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11802 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11804 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11805 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11807 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11809 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11811 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11814 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11815 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11817 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11818 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11819 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11820 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11822 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11824 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11825 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11826 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11827 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11831 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11834 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11836 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11837 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11839 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11841 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11843 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11844 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11845 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11847 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11848 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11849 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11852 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11854 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11855 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11857 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11860 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11863 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11865 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11866 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11867 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11868 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11871 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11873 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11876 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11878 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11879 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11880 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11881 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11885 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11888 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11890 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11891 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11892 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11893 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11895 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11896 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11897 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11898 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11899 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11901 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11902 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11903 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11904 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11905 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11906 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11907 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11908 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11911 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11912 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11913 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11917 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11919 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11920 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11921 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11924 address
= bl
->address
;
11925 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11927 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11928 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11929 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11931 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11932 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11935 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11936 the same program space as the location
11937 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11938 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11939 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11943 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11944 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11947 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11948 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11949 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11950 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11951 that have already been marked. */
11952 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11954 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11956 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11959 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11960 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11961 locations are duplicate of which.
11963 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11964 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11968 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11970 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11971 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11972 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
11973 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11974 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11975 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11976 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11978 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11979 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11980 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11981 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11982 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11984 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11985 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11986 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11987 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11989 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11990 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11991 struct bp_location
**old_locations
, **old_locp
;
11992 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11994 old_locations
= bp_locations
;
11995 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11996 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11997 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11998 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_locations
);
12000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12001 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12002 bp_locations_count
++;
12004 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
12005 locp
= bp_locations
;
12006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12007 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12009 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
12010 bp_locations_compare
);
12012 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
12014 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12015 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12016 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12017 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12018 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12021 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12022 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12024 locp
= bp_locations
;
12025 for (old_locp
= old_locations
;
12026 old_locp
< old_locations
+ old_locations_count
;
12029 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12030 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12032 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12033 not, we have to free it. */
12034 int found_object
= 0;
12035 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12036 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12039 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12040 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12041 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12042 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12046 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12047 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12050 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12051 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12052 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12054 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12055 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12056 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12058 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12059 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12062 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12066 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12067 have to go through updates again. */
12068 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12070 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12072 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12074 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12075 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12076 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12077 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12078 at certain location is not inserted. */
12080 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12082 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12085 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12087 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12088 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12089 keep_in_target
= 1;
12093 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12094 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12095 remove its target-side condition. */
12097 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12098 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12099 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12100 this one from the target. */
12102 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12103 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12106 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12107 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12110 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12112 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12114 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12115 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12116 supported, but the latter are. */
12117 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12119 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12120 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12123 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12124 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12126 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12127 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12129 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12130 keep_in_target
= 1;
12138 if (!keep_in_target
)
12140 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12142 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12143 this location on the global list, and try to
12144 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12145 reason why we will succeed next time.
12147 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12148 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12149 only after calling us. */
12150 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12151 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12152 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12160 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12161 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12163 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12164 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12165 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12166 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12167 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12168 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12169 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12170 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12171 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12172 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12173 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12174 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12175 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12176 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12179 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12180 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12182 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12183 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12184 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12185 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12186 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12187 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12188 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12189 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12190 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12191 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12192 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12193 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12194 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12197 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12198 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12199 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12200 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12202 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12203 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12204 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12205 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12206 traps we can no longer explain. */
12208 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12209 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12211 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12215 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12216 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12221 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12222 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12223 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12224 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12225 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12226 are sorted first for the same address.
12228 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12229 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12231 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12232 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12233 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12234 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12237 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12239 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12242 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12243 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12244 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12245 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12246 `struct bp_location'. */
12247 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12249 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12250 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12254 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12255 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12256 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12257 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12258 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12259 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12261 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12263 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12264 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12265 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12267 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12268 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12270 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12272 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12273 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12274 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12280 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12281 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12282 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12284 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12285 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12287 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12288 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12291 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12293 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12294 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12297 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12298 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12299 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12300 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12301 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12303 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12307 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12308 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12310 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12314 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12316 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12319 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12320 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12322 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12323 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12329 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12334 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12336 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12342 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12345 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12349 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12350 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12352 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12353 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12354 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12358 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12360 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12362 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12364 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12368 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12372 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12374 struct value_print_options opts
;
12376 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12378 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12380 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12382 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12383 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12384 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12385 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12387 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12388 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12390 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12392 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12393 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12398 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12399 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12405 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12407 printf_filtered (" at ");
12408 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12411 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12413 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12415 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12416 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12417 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12418 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12420 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12421 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12422 real situation somewhat. */
12423 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12424 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12429 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12431 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12433 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12438 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12441 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12443 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12446 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12451 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12453 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12455 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12456 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12457 xfree (this->filter
);
12460 static struct bp_location
*
12461 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12463 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12467 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12469 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12472 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12473 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12476 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12478 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12482 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12483 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12485 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12489 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12490 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12492 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12494 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12498 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12503 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12507 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12509 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12512 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12516 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12518 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12521 static enum print_stop_action
12522 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12524 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12528 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12529 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12535 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12537 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12541 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12543 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12547 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12548 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12549 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12550 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12552 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12556 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12557 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12558 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12559 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12560 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12561 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12563 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12564 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12565 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12566 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12568 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12571 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12572 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12573 const struct event_location
*location
,
12574 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12576 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12579 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12582 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12587 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12590 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12592 /* Nothing to do. */
12595 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12597 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12598 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12599 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12600 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12601 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12602 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12603 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12604 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12605 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12607 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12608 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12609 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12610 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12611 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12612 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12613 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12614 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12617 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12620 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12622 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12623 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12625 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12626 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12630 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12634 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12636 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12638 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12639 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12641 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12642 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12644 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12648 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12651 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12653 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12657 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12658 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12659 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12661 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12662 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12665 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12669 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12670 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12671 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12678 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12679 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12680 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12682 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12683 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12685 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12686 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12687 be set at the same address. */
12691 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12695 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12697 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12702 static enum print_stop_action
12703 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12706 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12708 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12710 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12712 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12713 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12715 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12716 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12717 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12720 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12721 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12724 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12726 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12727 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12729 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12730 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12731 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12733 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12734 uiout
->text (", ");
12736 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12740 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12742 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12747 case bp_breakpoint
:
12748 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12749 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12750 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12752 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12753 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12754 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12755 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12757 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12758 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12761 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12769 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12771 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12772 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12773 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12774 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12775 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12776 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12777 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12778 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12781 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12782 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12785 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12787 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12788 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12789 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12790 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12792 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12796 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12797 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12798 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12800 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12804 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12805 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12806 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12807 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12808 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12809 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12811 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12812 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12813 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12814 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12816 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12817 std::move (cond_string
),
12818 std::move (extra_string
),
12820 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12821 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12822 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12825 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12826 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12827 const struct event_location
*location
,
12828 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12830 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12833 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12836 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12840 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12841 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12842 case bp_overlay_event
:
12843 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12844 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12845 case bp_exception_master
:
12846 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12849 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12850 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12851 case bp_shlib_event
:
12853 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12854 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12855 case bp_thread_event
:
12861 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12863 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12865 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12866 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12867 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12868 objects (among other things). */
12869 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12870 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12876 static enum print_stop_action
12877 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12879 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12881 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12885 case bp_shlib_event
:
12886 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12887 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12888 to shlib event" message.) */
12889 print_solib_event (0);
12892 case bp_thread_event
:
12893 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12894 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12895 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12898 case bp_overlay_event
:
12899 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12900 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12903 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12904 /* These should never be enabled. */
12905 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12908 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12909 /* These should never be enabled. */
12910 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12911 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12914 case bp_exception_master
:
12915 /* These should never be enabled. */
12916 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12917 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12921 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12925 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12927 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12930 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12933 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12935 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12936 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12937 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12938 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12942 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12944 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12947 static enum print_stop_action
12948 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12950 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12954 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12956 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12959 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12961 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12962 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12964 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12966 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12969 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12972 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12975 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12977 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12981 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12983 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
12984 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
12993 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12994 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12996 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12997 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
12998 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13002 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13006 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13007 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13008 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13010 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13012 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13014 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13015 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13018 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13019 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13020 const struct event_location
*location
,
13021 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13023 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13025 error (_("probe not found"));
13029 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13032 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13034 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13038 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13039 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13040 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13042 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13048 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13049 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13051 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13052 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13054 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13056 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13057 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13058 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13059 uiout
->text ("\n");
13064 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13066 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13071 case bp_tracepoint
:
13072 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13073 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13075 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13076 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13077 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13079 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13080 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13081 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13084 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13085 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13092 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13094 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13096 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13098 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13100 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13103 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13104 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13107 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13108 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13110 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13115 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13116 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13117 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13119 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13123 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13124 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13125 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13126 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13127 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13128 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13130 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13132 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13133 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13135 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13136 std::move (cond_string
),
13137 std::move (extra_string
),
13139 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13140 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13141 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13144 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13145 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13146 const struct event_location
*location
,
13147 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13149 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13152 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13154 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13158 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13159 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13160 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13161 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13163 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13164 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13167 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13168 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13169 const struct event_location
*location
,
13170 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13172 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13173 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13176 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13178 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13181 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13183 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13185 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13186 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13188 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13189 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13190 3 - disconnect from target 1
13191 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13193 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13194 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13195 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13196 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13197 it all the time. */
13198 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13199 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13202 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13205 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13207 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13208 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13210 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13213 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13216 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13217 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13218 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13219 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13220 address are all handled. */
13223 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13225 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13226 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13228 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13229 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13230 condition not be evaluated. */
13233 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13234 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13235 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13236 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13237 commands here throws. */
13238 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13239 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13241 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13243 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13244 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13248 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13252 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13253 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13254 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13256 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13257 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13259 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13260 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13262 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13263 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13264 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&ptr
);
13267 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13268 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13272 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13273 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13274 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13275 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13276 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13277 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13279 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13280 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13281 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13282 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13284 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13286 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13287 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13288 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13289 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13290 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13291 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13293 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13295 event_location_up location
13296 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13298 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13299 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13300 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13301 std::move (cond_string
),
13302 std::move (extra_string
),
13303 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13304 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13305 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13306 canonical
->special_display
);
13307 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13308 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13309 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13310 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13311 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13312 corresponds to this one */
13313 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13315 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13319 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13320 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13321 const struct event_location
*location
,
13322 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13324 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13325 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13327 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13328 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13330 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13335 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13338 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13341 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13343 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13346 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13350 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13352 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13354 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13356 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13357 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13360 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13361 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13362 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13363 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13364 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13367 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13368 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13369 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13370 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13372 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13375 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13376 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13377 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13379 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13380 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13382 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13383 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13384 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13385 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13389 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13391 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13392 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13393 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13394 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13395 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13398 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13399 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13400 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13401 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13403 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13405 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13406 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13408 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13409 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13411 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13415 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13417 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13418 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13419 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13420 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13421 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13422 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13423 commands won't work. */
13425 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13427 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13428 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13429 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13430 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13431 might be better design to have location completely
13432 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13433 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13435 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13436 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13437 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13442 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13444 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13448 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13450 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13453 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13454 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13457 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13458 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13460 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13465 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13467 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13468 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13470 if (next
== related
)
13472 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13473 function (related
);
13475 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13476 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13481 function (related
);
13485 while (related
!= b
);
13489 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13491 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13497 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13499 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13500 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13501 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13503 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13505 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13509 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13511 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13514 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13519 map_breakpoint_numbers
13520 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13522 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
13526 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13527 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13531 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13533 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13535 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13536 if ((pspace
== NULL
13537 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13538 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13539 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13544 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13545 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13546 Null names are ignored. */
13549 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13551 struct bp_location
*l
;
13552 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13553 (int (*) (const void *,
13554 const void *)) streq
,
13555 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13557 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13560 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13562 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13566 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13568 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13572 htab_delete (htab
);
13578 htab_delete (htab
);
13582 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13583 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13584 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13585 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13586 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13587 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13588 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13589 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13592 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13593 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13594 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13595 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13596 in the sources, and output a warning.
13598 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13599 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13600 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13601 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13602 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13605 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13606 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13607 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13608 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13609 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13610 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13611 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13612 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13613 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13615 static struct symtab_and_line
13616 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13618 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13619 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13624 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13626 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13628 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13629 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13631 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13633 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13634 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13635 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13640 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13642 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13644 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13645 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13647 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13650 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13652 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13654 struct symbol
*sym
;
13655 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13656 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13657 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13659 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13661 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13662 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13664 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13665 "found at previous line number"),
13666 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13668 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13669 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13670 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13673 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13674 uiout
->text (" at ");
13676 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13677 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13680 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13682 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13684 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13687 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13688 uiout
->text ("\n");
13690 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13691 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13693 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13694 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13695 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13696 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13697 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13698 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13699 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13701 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13704 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13710 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13711 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13714 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13718 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13721 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13724 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13731 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13737 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13738 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13739 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13741 static struct bp_location
*
13742 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13744 struct bp_location head
;
13745 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13746 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13747 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13749 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13760 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13775 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13776 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13777 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13778 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13782 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13783 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13784 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13785 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13788 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13790 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13792 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13794 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13795 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13796 "multiple locations found\n"),
13801 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13802 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13803 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13804 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13805 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13806 individual locations. */
13807 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13810 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13812 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13814 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13816 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13818 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13820 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13822 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13826 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13829 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13830 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13833 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13835 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13836 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13837 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13838 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13843 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13845 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13847 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13851 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13854 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13855 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13856 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13857 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13858 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13859 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13860 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13862 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13864 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13866 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13867 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13869 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13870 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13878 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13879 if (l
->function_name
13880 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13890 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13891 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13894 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13895 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13897 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13898 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13899 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13901 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13903 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13905 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13909 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13911 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13913 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13917 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13918 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13919 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13920 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13921 state, then user already saw the message about that
13922 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13924 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13925 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13927 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13928 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13929 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13930 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13931 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13932 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13934 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13936 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13937 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13938 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13939 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13940 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13941 which approach is better. */
13942 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13943 throw_exception (e
);
13948 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13950 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13951 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13952 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13954 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13957 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13958 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13960 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13962 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13963 b
->thread
= thread
;
13967 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13968 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13970 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13973 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13974 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13984 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13985 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13989 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13991 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13992 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13995 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13996 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13998 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
14000 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14002 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
14003 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
14004 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14006 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
14009 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14012 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14013 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14016 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14017 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14018 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14020 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14023 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14024 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14028 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14029 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14030 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
14031 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
14032 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14033 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14035 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14036 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14037 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14038 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14040 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
14041 std::move (cond_string
),
14042 std::move (extra_string
),
14043 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14044 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14045 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14048 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14049 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14051 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
14052 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14053 const struct event_location
*location
,
14054 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
14056 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14058 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14059 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14060 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14063 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14064 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
14066 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
14068 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
14069 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
14074 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14076 static struct cleanup
*
14077 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14079 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14080 set_language (b
->language
);
14082 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14085 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
14088 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
14090 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14092 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14093 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14094 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14097 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14098 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14101 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14103 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14104 enum language save_language
;
14105 int save_input_radix
;
14107 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14108 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14111 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14113 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14114 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14115 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14116 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14118 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14122 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
14124 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14126 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
14127 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14132 set_language (save_language
);
14133 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14135 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14138 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14139 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14140 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14141 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14143 /* Now we can insert. */
14144 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14147 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14149 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14150 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14152 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14154 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14156 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14157 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14159 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14160 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14161 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14163 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14167 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14168 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14169 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14172 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14174 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14180 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14182 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14184 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14185 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14190 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14194 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14195 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14197 else if (count
== 1)
14198 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14201 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14202 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14205 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14209 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14212 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14215 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14221 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14223 num
= get_number (&p
);
14225 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14227 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14229 set_ignore_count (num
,
14230 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14233 printf_filtered ("\n");
14236 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14237 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14240 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14241 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14244 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14246 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14247 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14249 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14251 while (!parser
.finished ())
14253 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14254 bool match
= false;
14256 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14259 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14264 if (b
->number
== num
)
14271 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14276 static struct bp_location
*
14277 find_location_by_number (const char *number
)
14282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14283 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14286 bp_num
= get_number_trailer (&p1
, '.');
14287 if (bp_num
== 0 || p1
[0] != '.')
14288 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14291 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14296 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14297 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14299 /* Skip the dot. */
14301 const char *save
= p1
;
14302 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14304 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14308 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14311 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), save
);
14317 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14318 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14319 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14322 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14324 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14325 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14326 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14327 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14330 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14332 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14333 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14335 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14336 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14338 struct bp_location
*location
;
14340 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14341 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14344 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14346 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14350 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14354 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14357 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14358 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14362 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14364 while (!num
.empty ())
14366 if (num
.find ('.') != std::string::npos
)
14368 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
.c_str ());
14375 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14377 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14378 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14379 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14380 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14382 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14385 map_breakpoint_numbers
14386 (num
.c_str (), [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14388 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, disable_breakpoint
);
14390 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14396 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14399 int target_resources_ok
;
14401 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14404 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14405 target_resources_ok
=
14406 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14408 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14409 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14410 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14411 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14414 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14416 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14417 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14421 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14423 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14424 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14425 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14427 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14429 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14430 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14437 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14439 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14440 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14442 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14443 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14445 struct bp_location
*location
;
14447 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14448 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14451 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14452 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14453 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14455 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14460 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14462 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14465 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14466 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14467 in stopping the inferior. */
14470 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14474 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14477 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14478 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14482 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14484 while (!num
.empty ())
14486 if (num
.find ('.') != std::string::npos
)
14488 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
.c_str ());
14495 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14497 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14498 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14499 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14500 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14502 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14505 map_breakpoint_numbers
14506 (num
.c_str (), [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14508 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, enable_breakpoint
);
14510 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14516 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14518 map_breakpoint_numbers
14519 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14521 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14522 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14524 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14530 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14535 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14537 count
= get_number (&args
);
14539 map_breakpoint_numbers
14540 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14542 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14543 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14545 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14551 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14553 map_breakpoint_numbers
14554 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14556 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14557 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14559 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14565 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14570 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14574 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14575 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14579 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14580 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14581 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14583 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14586 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14587 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14589 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14591 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14593 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14595 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14596 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14597 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14598 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14600 value_free (wp
->val
);
14608 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14611 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14612 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14615 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14616 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14617 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14619 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14621 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14622 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14625 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14627 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14628 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14629 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14631 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14634 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14637 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14639 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14640 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14642 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14644 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14646 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14647 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14649 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14650 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14658 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14661 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14662 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14665 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14667 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14669 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14675 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14679 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14682 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14686 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14687 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14693 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14695 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14697 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14699 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14700 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14704 trace_command (char *arg_in
, int from_tty
)
14706 const char *arg
= arg_in
;
14707 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14709 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14711 if (location
!= NULL
14712 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14713 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14715 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14717 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14719 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14721 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14722 0 /* Ignore count */,
14723 pending_break_support
,
14727 0 /* internal */, 0);
14731 ftrace_command (char *arg_in
, int from_tty
)
14733 const char *arg
= arg_in
;
14734 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14736 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14738 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14740 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14741 0 /* Ignore count */,
14742 pending_break_support
,
14743 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14746 0 /* internal */, 0);
14749 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14752 strace_command (char *arg_in
, int from_tty
)
14754 const char *arg
= arg_in
;
14755 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14756 event_location_up location
;
14757 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
14759 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14760 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14761 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14763 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14764 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
14768 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14769 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14772 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14774 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14776 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14777 0 /* Ignore count */,
14778 pending_break_support
,
14782 0 /* internal */, 0);
14785 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14786 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14788 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14789 static int next_cmd
;
14792 read_uploaded_action (void)
14796 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
14803 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14804 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14805 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14806 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14807 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14809 struct tracepoint
*
14810 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14812 const char *addr_str
;
14813 char small_buf
[100];
14814 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14816 if (utp
->at_string
)
14817 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14820 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14821 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14822 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14824 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14825 "source location, using raw address"),
14827 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14828 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14831 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14832 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14833 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14834 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14837 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14839 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14841 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14842 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14844 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14845 0 /* Ignore count */,
14846 pending_break_support
,
14847 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14849 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14851 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14854 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14855 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14856 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14860 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14863 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14866 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14867 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14868 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14870 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
14872 command_line_up cmd_list
;
14877 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
14879 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14881 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
14882 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
14883 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14884 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14887 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14888 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14889 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14894 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14898 info_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14900 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14903 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14905 if (num_printed
== 0)
14907 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14908 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14910 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14913 default_collect_info ();
14916 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14917 Not supported by all targets. */
14919 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14921 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14924 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14925 Not supported by all targets. */
14927 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14929 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14932 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14934 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14936 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14942 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14944 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14945 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14946 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14948 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14949 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14951 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14955 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14957 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14959 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14960 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14961 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14965 map_breakpoint_numbers
14966 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
14972 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14975 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14977 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14978 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (tp
);
14980 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14981 tp
->number
, count
);
14984 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14986 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14987 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14988 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14991 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14993 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14994 unsigned int count
;
14996 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14997 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14998 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15000 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15002 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15003 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15005 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15007 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15009 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15011 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15013 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15014 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15017 else if (*args
== '\0')
15019 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15021 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15025 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15026 while (!parser
.finished ())
15028 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15030 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15035 struct tracepoint
*
15036 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15038 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15040 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15041 if (t
->number
== num
)
15042 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15047 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15048 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15051 struct tracepoint
*
15052 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15056 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15058 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15060 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15067 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15068 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15069 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15070 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15072 struct tracepoint
*
15073 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15074 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15076 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15078 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15080 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15082 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15083 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15085 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15086 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15088 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15092 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15093 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15096 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15100 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15101 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15103 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15106 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15111 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15113 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15114 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15122 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15123 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15124 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15128 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15129 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15131 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15133 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15135 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15136 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15138 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15141 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15142 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15145 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15146 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15151 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15153 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15155 /* We can stop searching. */
15162 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15166 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15170 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15171 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15172 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15174 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15175 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15177 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15179 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15180 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15183 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15184 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15187 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15189 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15190 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15193 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15194 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15196 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15197 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15199 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15201 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15203 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15206 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15208 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15210 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15211 throw_exception (ex
);
15215 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15216 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15219 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15220 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15222 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15223 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15224 special, and not user visible. */
15225 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15227 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15230 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15232 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15236 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15237 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15240 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15243 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15246 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15248 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15251 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15254 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15256 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15259 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15261 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15262 all_tracepoints (void)
15264 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15265 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15267 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15269 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15276 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15277 locations used by several commands. */
15279 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15280 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15281 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15282 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15283 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15284 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15286 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15287 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15288 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15290 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15291 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15292 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15293 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15294 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15296 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15297 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15298 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15301 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15302 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15303 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15304 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15305 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15306 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15307 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15310 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15311 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15313 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15314 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15315 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15316 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15317 conditions are different.\n\
15319 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15321 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15322 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15324 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15325 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15328 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15329 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15330 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15331 void *user_data_catch
,
15332 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15334 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15336 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15338 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15339 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15340 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15342 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15344 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15345 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15346 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15350 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15352 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15353 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15354 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15357 struct breakpoint
*
15358 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15361 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15365 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15372 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15373 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15376 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15378 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15379 non-inline function. */
15380 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15386 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15387 have been inlined. */
15390 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15391 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15393 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15394 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15396 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15398 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15401 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15403 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15404 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15412 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15415 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15417 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15420 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15421 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15425 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15427 static int initialized
= 0;
15429 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15435 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15436 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15437 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15438 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15439 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15440 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15441 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15442 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15443 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15444 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15445 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15446 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15448 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15449 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15450 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15451 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15452 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15453 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15454 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15455 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15457 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15458 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15459 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15460 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15461 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15462 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15463 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15464 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15465 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15466 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15468 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15469 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15470 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15471 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15472 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15473 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15474 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15476 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15477 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15478 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15479 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15480 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15481 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15482 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15484 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15485 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15486 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15487 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15488 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15489 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15490 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15493 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15494 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15495 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15496 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15497 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15498 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15499 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15500 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15501 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15502 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15503 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15504 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15505 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15507 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15508 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15509 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15510 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15511 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15512 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15513 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15514 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15515 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15516 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15517 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15520 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15521 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15522 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15523 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15524 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15525 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15526 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15527 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15528 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15529 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15531 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15532 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15533 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15534 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15535 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15537 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15538 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15539 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15540 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15541 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15542 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15544 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15545 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15546 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15547 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15548 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15549 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15550 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15551 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15552 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15553 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15555 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15556 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15557 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15558 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15559 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15560 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15561 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15562 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15563 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15564 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15566 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15567 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15568 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15569 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15570 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15571 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15572 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15573 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15574 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15575 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15577 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15578 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15579 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15580 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15581 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15582 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15583 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15584 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15585 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15586 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15587 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15589 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15590 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15591 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15592 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15593 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15594 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15595 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15596 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15597 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15600 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15602 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15605 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15607 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15609 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15611 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15612 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15613 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15615 breakpoint_objfile_key
15616 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15618 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15619 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15620 before a breakpoint is set. */
15621 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15623 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15625 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15626 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15627 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15629 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15630 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15631 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15632 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15634 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15635 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15636 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15637 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15638 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15640 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15641 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15642 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15643 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15644 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15646 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15647 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15648 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15649 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15650 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15652 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15653 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15655 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15656 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15657 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15658 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15660 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15661 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15663 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15664 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15665 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15666 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15668 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15669 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15671 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15672 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15673 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15674 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15675 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15676 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15677 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15679 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15681 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15682 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15683 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15684 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15685 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15686 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15688 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15689 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15690 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15693 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15694 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15695 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15698 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15699 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15700 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15701 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15704 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15705 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15706 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15709 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15710 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15711 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15714 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15715 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15716 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15717 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15720 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15721 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15722 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15723 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15724 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15725 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15726 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15727 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15729 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15730 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15731 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15732 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15733 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15734 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15737 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15738 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15739 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15740 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15742 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15743 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15744 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15745 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15746 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15748 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15749 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15750 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15751 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15752 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15755 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15756 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15757 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15759 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15760 is executing in.\n"
15761 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15762 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15763 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15765 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15766 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15767 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15768 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15770 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15771 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15772 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15773 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15777 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15778 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15779 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15780 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15781 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15782 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15783 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15784 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15785 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15786 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15787 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15788 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15789 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15790 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15791 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15792 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15794 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15795 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15796 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15797 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15798 breakpoint set."));
15801 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15802 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15803 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15804 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15805 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15806 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15807 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15808 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15809 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15811 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15812 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15813 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15814 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15815 breakpoint set."));
15817 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15819 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15820 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15821 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15822 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15823 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15824 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15825 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15826 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15827 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15828 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15829 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15830 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15831 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15833 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15834 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15835 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15836 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15838 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15840 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15841 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15842 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15843 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15845 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15846 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15847 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15848 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15850 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15851 catch_fork_command_1
,
15853 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15854 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15855 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15856 catch_fork_command_1
,
15858 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15859 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15860 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15861 catch_exec_command_1
,
15865 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15866 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15867 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15868 catch_load_command_1
,
15872 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15873 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15874 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15875 catch_unload_command_1
,
15880 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15881 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15882 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15883 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15884 an expression changes.\n\
15885 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15886 the memory to which it refers."));
15887 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15889 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15890 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15891 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15892 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15893 an expression is read.\n\
15894 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15895 the memory to which it refers."));
15896 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15898 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15899 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15900 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15901 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15902 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15903 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15904 the memory to which it refers."));
15905 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15907 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15908 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15910 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15911 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15912 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15913 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15914 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15915 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15916 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15917 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15918 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15921 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15922 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15924 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15926 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15928 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15929 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15931 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15932 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15933 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15935 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15936 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15937 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15938 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15940 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15941 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15943 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15944 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15945 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15947 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15948 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15950 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15951 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15952 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15953 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15954 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15955 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15956 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15957 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15958 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15960 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15961 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15962 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15963 conditions are different.\n\
15965 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15966 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15967 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15969 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15970 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15971 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15972 last tracepoint set."));
15974 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15976 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15977 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15978 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15979 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15981 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15983 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15984 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15985 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15986 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15988 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15990 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15991 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15992 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15993 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15995 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15997 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15998 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15999 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16000 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16001 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16003 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16004 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16005 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16006 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16008 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16009 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16010 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16011 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16012 session to restore them."),
16014 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16016 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16017 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16018 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16020 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16022 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16023 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16025 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16026 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16027 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16028 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16029 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16030 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16031 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16032 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16033 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16034 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16035 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16036 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16038 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16039 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16040 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16041 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16042 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16043 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16044 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16045 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16047 show_pending_break_support
,
16048 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16049 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16051 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16053 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16054 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16055 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16056 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16057 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16058 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16059 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16061 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16062 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16063 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16065 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16066 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16067 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16068 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16069 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16070 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16071 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16072 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16073 when execution stops."),
16075 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16076 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16077 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16079 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16080 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16081 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16082 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16083 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16084 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16085 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16086 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16087 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16088 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16089 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16090 be set to \"gdb\""),
16091 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16092 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16093 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16094 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16096 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16097 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16098 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16099 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16100 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16101 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16102 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16103 or the start of the range\n\
16104 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16105 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16106 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16108 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16109 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16110 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16112 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16113 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16114 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16115 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16116 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16117 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16119 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16120 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16121 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16122 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16123 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16124 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16125 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16126 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16127 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16128 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16129 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16130 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16132 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16133 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16134 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16135 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16136 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16137 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16138 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16140 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16141 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16142 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16143 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16144 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16145 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16146 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16148 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16149 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16150 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16151 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16152 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16153 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16156 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16158 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16159 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16160 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16162 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16164 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16165 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);